1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
53 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
54 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct elf_strtab_hash **, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type,
57 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
58 file_ptr offset, size_t align);
60 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
61 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
62 need to move into elfcode.h. */
64 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
67 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
68 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
69 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
71 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
72 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
73 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
74 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
75 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
76 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
77 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
80 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
83 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
84 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
85 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
90 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
93 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
96 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
99 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
100 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
101 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
103 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
104 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
107 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
110 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
111 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
112 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
115 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
118 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
121 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
122 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
123 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
125 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
126 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
127 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
128 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
129 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
132 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
135 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
136 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
137 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
140 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
143 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
146 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
149 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
150 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
151 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
153 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
154 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
155 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
156 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
157 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
160 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
163 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
164 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
165 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
167 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
169 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
171 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
174 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
179 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
181 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
184 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
187 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
188 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
189 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
191 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
194 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
195 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
198 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
200 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
205 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
208 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
211 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
212 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
216 return h & 0xffffffff;
219 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
220 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
223 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
225 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
226 unsigned long h = 5381;
229 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
230 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
231 return h & 0xffffffff;
234 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
235 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
237 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
239 enum elf_target_id object_id)
241 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
242 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
243 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
246 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
247 if (abfd->direction != read_direction)
249 struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o);
252 elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o;
253 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
260 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
262 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
263 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
268 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
270 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
271 if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd))
273 elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core));
274 return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL;
278 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
280 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
281 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
283 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
285 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
287 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
288 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
291 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
292 if (shstrtab == NULL)
294 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
295 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
296 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
298 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
299 in case the string table is not terminated. */
300 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
301 || shstrtabsize > bfd_get_file_size (abfd)
302 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
303 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL)
305 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
307 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
309 bfd_release (abfd, shstrtab);
311 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
312 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
313 the string table over and over. */
314 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
317 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
318 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
320 return (char *) shstrtab;
324 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
325 unsigned int shindex,
326 unsigned int strindex)
328 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
333 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
336 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
338 if (hdr->contents == NULL)
340 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
342 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
343 /* xgettext:c-format */
344 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
345 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
350 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
354 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
356 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
358 /* xgettext:c-format */
359 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64 " for section `%s'"),
360 abfd, strindex, (uint64_t) hdr->sh_size,
361 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
363 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
367 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
370 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
371 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
372 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
373 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
374 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
375 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
376 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
379 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
380 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
383 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
385 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
387 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
389 const bfd_byte *esym;
390 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
391 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
392 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
393 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
394 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
395 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
400 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
406 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
408 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd) != NULL)
410 elf_section_list * entry;
411 Elf_Internal_Shdr **sections = elf_elfsections (ibfd);
413 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
414 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
417 if (entry->hdr.sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
420 if (sections[entry->hdr.sh_link] == symtab_hdr)
422 shndx_hdr = & entry->hdr;
427 if (shndx_hdr == NULL)
429 if (symtab_hdr == & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd))
430 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
431 shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)->hdr;
432 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
433 the index table will not be needed. */
437 /* Read the symbols. */
439 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
441 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
442 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
443 amt = (bfd_size_type) symcount * extsym_size;
444 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
445 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
447 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
448 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
450 if (extsym_buf == NULL
451 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
452 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
458 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
462 amt = (bfd_size_type) symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
463 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
464 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
466 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
467 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
468 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
470 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
471 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
472 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
479 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
481 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
482 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
483 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
484 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
488 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
489 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
490 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
491 shndx = extshndx_buf;
493 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
494 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
496 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
497 /* xgettext:c-format */
498 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
499 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
500 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
501 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
508 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
510 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
511 free (alloc_extshndx);
516 /* Look up a symbol name. */
518 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
519 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
520 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
524 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
525 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
527 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
528 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
529 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
531 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
532 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
535 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
538 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
539 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
544 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
545 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
548 typedef union elf_internal_group {
549 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
551 } Elf_Internal_Group;
553 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
554 signature just a string? */
557 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
559 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
560 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
561 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
562 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
564 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
565 that it is a symbol table section. */
566 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
568 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
569 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
570 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
573 /* Go read the symbol. */
574 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
575 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
576 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
579 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
582 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
585 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
587 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
589 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
590 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
593 unsigned int i, shnum;
595 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
596 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
597 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
600 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
601 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
602 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
603 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
604 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
606 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
608 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
610 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
616 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
617 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
618 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
622 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
623 so we can find them quickly. */
626 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
627 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
628 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
629 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
631 memset (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr, 0,
632 num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
635 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
637 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
639 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
642 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
644 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
646 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
649 /* Add to list of sections. */
650 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
653 /* Read the raw contents. */
654 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
655 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
656 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
657 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
658 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
659 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
662 /* xgettext:c-format */
663 (_("%pB: corrupt size field in group section"
664 " header: %#" PRIx64),
665 abfd, (uint64_t) shdr->sh_size);
666 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
671 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
673 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
674 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
678 /* xgettext:c-format */
679 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
680 " header: %#" PRIx64 ""),
681 abfd, (uint64_t) shdr->sh_size);
682 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
684 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even
685 partially corrupt, do not allow any of the
686 contents to be used. */
687 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
691 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
692 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
693 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
695 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
696 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
704 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
705 if (src == shdr->contents)
708 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
709 shdr->bfd_section->flags
710 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
714 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
716 || dest->shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
719 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
727 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
728 if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group)
730 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
732 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
735 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
736 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1;
738 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd);
739 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
745 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
747 unsigned int search_offset = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_search_offset;
750 for (j = 0; j < num_group; j++)
752 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
753 unsigned i = (j + search_offset) % num_group;
755 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
756 Elf_Internal_Group *idx;
762 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
763 if (idx == NULL || shdr->sh_size < 4)
765 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
766 /* xgettext:c-format */
767 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
768 abfd, shdr->bfd_section);
769 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i] = NULL;
770 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
773 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
775 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
776 section is a member. */
778 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
782 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
783 other members to see if any others are linked via
785 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
786 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
788 if ((++idx)->shdr != NULL
789 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
790 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
794 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
795 insert current section in circular list. */
796 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
797 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
798 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
804 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
807 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
809 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
810 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
813 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
815 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
816 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
818 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_search_offset = i;
825 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
827 /* xgettext:c-format */
828 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
836 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
839 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
840 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
843 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
844 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
846 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
847 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
849 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
850 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
851 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
852 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
855 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
856 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
857 bed->link_order_error_handler
858 /* xgettext:c-format */
859 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
864 asection *linksec = NULL;
866 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
868 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
869 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
873 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
874 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
878 /* xgettext:c-format */
879 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
880 s->owner, elfsec, s);
884 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
887 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP
888 && elf_next_in_group (s) == NULL)
891 /* xgettext:c-format */
892 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
893 abfd, elf_section_data (s)->this_idx);
898 /* Process section groups. */
899 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
902 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
904 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
905 Elf_Internal_Group *idx;
908 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
909 if (shdr == NULL || shdr->bfd_section == NULL || shdr->contents == NULL)
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
919 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
920 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
926 if (idx->shdr == NULL)
928 else if (idx->shdr->bfd_section)
929 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
930 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA
931 && idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
933 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
935 /* xgettext:c-format */
936 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
939 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
940 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
953 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
955 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
959 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
961 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
962 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
963 if (new_name == NULL)
967 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
972 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
974 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
975 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
976 if (new_name == NULL)
979 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
983 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
984 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
987 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
988 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
994 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
996 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
999 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
1000 if (newsect == NULL)
1003 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
1004 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
1005 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
1007 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1008 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
1009 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
1011 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1013 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
1014 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
1015 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
1016 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
1019 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
1020 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
1021 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
1022 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
1024 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1027 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
1030 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
1031 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
1032 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
1034 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1036 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
1039 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
1041 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
1042 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
1043 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
1044 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
1046 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
1047 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
1048 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
1049 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1051 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
1053 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1054 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1055 if (name [0] == '.')
1060 p = ".debug", n = 6;
1061 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
1062 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
1063 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
1064 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
1065 else if (name[1] == 'l')
1067 else if (name[1] == 's')
1069 else if (name[1] == 'z')
1070 p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
1073 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
1074 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
1078 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1079 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1080 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1081 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1082 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1083 all but one of the sections. */
1084 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
1085 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
1086 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1088 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1089 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
1090 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
1093 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
1096 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1097 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1098 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1099 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
1103 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
1106 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size,
1107 hdr->sh_offset, hdr->sh_addralign);
1111 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1113 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
1114 unsigned int i, nload;
1116 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1117 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1118 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1119 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1120 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1121 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1122 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
1124 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
1126 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
1129 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1130 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1132 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
1133 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
1134 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
1135 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
1137 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
1138 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1139 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
1141 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1142 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1143 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1144 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1145 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1146 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1147 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1148 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1149 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
1151 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1152 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1153 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1154 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1155 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1156 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1157 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1163 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1164 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1165 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1166 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1167 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1169 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1170 int compression_header_size;
1171 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size;
1172 bfd_boolean compressed
1173 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect,
1174 &compression_header_size,
1175 &uncompressed_size);
1179 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1180 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1181 action = decompress;
1184 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1185 section. Check if we should compress. */
1186 if (action == nothing)
1188 if (newsect->size != 0
1189 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS)
1190 && compression_header_size >= 0
1191 && uncompressed_size > 0
1193 || ((compression_header_size > 0)
1194 != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))))
1200 if (action == compress)
1202 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1205 /* xgettext:c-format */
1206 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1213 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1216 /* xgettext:c-format */
1217 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1223 if (abfd->is_linker_input)
1226 && (action == decompress
1227 || (action == compress
1228 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))
1230 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1231 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1233 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
1234 if (new_name == NULL)
1236 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1240 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1241 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1242 newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME;
1248 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] =
1250 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1251 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1252 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1255 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1256 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1257 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1258 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1259 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1260 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1261 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1262 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1263 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1265 bfd_reloc_status_type
1266 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1267 arelent *reloc_entry,
1269 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1270 asection *input_section,
1272 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1274 if (output_bfd != NULL
1275 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1276 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1277 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1279 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1280 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1283 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1286 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1287 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1288 should be the same. */
1291 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr * a,
1292 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * b)
1295 a->sh_type == b->sh_type
1296 && (a->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1297 == (b->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1298 && a->sh_addralign == b->sh_addralign
1299 && a->sh_size == b->sh_size
1300 && a->sh_entsize == b->sh_entsize
1301 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1305 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1306 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1307 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1308 to be the correct section. */
1311 find_link (const bfd *obfd, const Elf_Internal_Shdr *iheader,
1312 const unsigned int hint)
1314 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
1317 BFD_ASSERT (iheader != NULL);
1319 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1320 if (hint < elf_numsections (obfd)
1321 && oheaders[hint] != NULL
1322 && section_match (oheaders[hint], iheader))
1325 for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
1327 Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
1329 if (oheader == NULL)
1331 if (section_match (oheader, iheader))
1332 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1333 multiple matches ? */
1340 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1341 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1342 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1345 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd,
1347 const Elf_Internal_Shdr *iheader,
1348 Elf_Internal_Shdr *oheader,
1349 const unsigned int secnum)
1351 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
1352 const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd);
1353 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE;
1354 unsigned int sh_link;
1356 if (oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
1358 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1359 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1360 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1361 matched up with the original.
1363 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1364 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1365 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1366 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1367 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1368 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1369 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1370 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1371 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1372 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1373 without any contents. */
1374 if (oheader->sh_link == 0)
1375 oheader->sh_link = iheader->sh_link;
1376 if (oheader->sh_info == 0)
1377 oheader->sh_info = iheader->sh_info;
1381 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1382 if (bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields != NULL
1383 && bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields
1384 (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader))
1387 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1388 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1389 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1390 in the input bfd. */
1391 if (iheader->sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1393 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1394 if (iheader->sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd))
1397 /* xgettext:c-format */
1398 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1399 ibfd, iheader->sh_link, secnum);
1403 sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_link], iheader->sh_link);
1404 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1406 oheader->sh_link = sh_link;
1410 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1411 if we could not find a match ? */
1413 /* xgettext:c-format */
1414 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd, secnum);
1417 if (iheader->sh_info)
1419 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1420 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1422 if (iheader->sh_flags & SHF_INFO_LINK)
1424 sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_info],
1426 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1427 oheader->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
1430 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1431 sh_link = iheader->sh_info;
1433 if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1435 oheader->sh_info = sh_link;
1440 /* xgettext:c-format */
1441 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd, secnum);
1447 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1451 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1453 const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd);
1454 Elf_Internal_Shdr **oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
1455 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1458 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1459 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1462 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1464 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1465 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1468 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1470 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1471 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] =
1472 elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI];
1474 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1475 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION])
1476 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION]
1477 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION];
1479 /* Copy object attributes. */
1480 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1482 if (iheaders == NULL || oheaders == NULL)
1485 bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
1487 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1488 for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
1491 Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
1493 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1494 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1495 files. See below for more details. */
1497 || (oheader->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
1498 && oheader->sh_type < SHT_LOOS))
1501 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1502 fields have already been initialised. */
1503 if (oheader->sh_size == 0
1504 || (oheader->sh_info != 0 && oheader->sh_link != 0))
1507 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1508 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1509 for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
1511 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
1513 if (iheader == NULL)
1516 if (oheader->bfd_section != NULL
1517 && iheader->bfd_section != NULL
1518 && iheader->bfd_section->output_section != NULL
1519 && iheader->bfd_section->output_section == oheader->bfd_section)
1521 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1522 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1523 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1524 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1525 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i))
1526 j = elf_numsections (ibfd);
1531 if (j < elf_numsections (ibfd))
1534 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1535 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1536 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1537 for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
1539 const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
1541 if (iheader == NULL)
1544 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1545 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1546 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1548 if ((oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
1549 || iheader->sh_type == oheader->sh_type)
1550 && (iheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1551 == (oheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK)
1552 && iheader->sh_addralign == oheader->sh_addralign
1553 && iheader->sh_entsize == oheader->sh_entsize
1554 && iheader->sh_size == oheader->sh_size
1555 && iheader->sh_addr == oheader->sh_addr
1556 && (iheader->sh_info != oheader->sh_info
1557 || iheader->sh_link != oheader->sh_link))
1559 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i))
1564 if (j == elf_numsections (ibfd) && oheader->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS)
1566 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1567 with a NULL input section. */
1568 if (bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields != NULL)
1569 bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, NULL, oheader);
1577 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1582 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1583 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1584 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1585 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1586 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1587 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1588 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1589 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1590 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1591 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1592 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1593 default: pt = NULL; break;
1598 /* Print out the program headers. */
1601 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1603 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1604 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1606 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1608 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1613 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1614 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1615 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1617 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1622 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1625 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1626 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1627 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1628 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1629 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1630 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1631 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1632 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1633 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1634 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1635 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1636 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1637 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1638 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1639 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1640 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1641 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1646 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1649 unsigned int elfsec;
1650 unsigned long shlink;
1651 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1653 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1655 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1657 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1660 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1661 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1663 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1665 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1666 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1669 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1670 if (s->size < extdynsize)
1672 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1673 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1675 for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize)
1677 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1678 const char *name = "";
1680 bfd_boolean stringp;
1681 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1683 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1685 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1692 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1693 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1695 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1697 sprintf (ab, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT "x", dyn.d_tag);
1702 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1703 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1704 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1705 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1706 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1707 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1708 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1709 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1710 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1711 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1712 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1713 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1714 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1715 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1716 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1717 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1718 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1719 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1720 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1721 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1722 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1723 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1724 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1725 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1726 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1727 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1728 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1729 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1730 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1731 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1732 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1733 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1734 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1735 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1736 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1737 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1738 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1739 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1740 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1741 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1742 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1743 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1744 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1745 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1746 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1747 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1748 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1749 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1750 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1751 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1752 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1753 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1754 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1755 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1756 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1757 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1758 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1759 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1762 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1766 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1771 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1773 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1776 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1785 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1786 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1788 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1792 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1794 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1796 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1797 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1799 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1800 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1801 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1802 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1804 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1807 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1811 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1817 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1819 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1821 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1822 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1824 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1826 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1827 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1828 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1829 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1830 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1831 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1843 /* Get version string. */
1846 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1847 bfd_boolean *hidden)
1849 const char *version_string = NULL;
1850 if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
1851 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
1853 unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version;
1855 *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0;
1856 vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION;
1859 version_string = "";
1860 else if (vernum == 1)
1861 version_string = "Base";
1862 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1864 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1867 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1869 version_string = "";
1870 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1874 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1876 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1878 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1880 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1887 return version_string;
1890 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1893 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1896 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1898 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1901 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1902 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1904 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1905 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1906 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1907 fprintf (file, " %x", symbol->flags);
1909 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1911 const char *section_name;
1912 const char *name = NULL;
1913 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1914 unsigned char st_other;
1916 const char *version_string;
1919 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1921 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1922 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1923 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1927 name = symbol->name;
1928 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1931 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1932 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1933 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1934 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1935 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1936 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1937 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1939 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1940 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1942 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1943 version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd,
1949 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1954 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1955 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1960 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1961 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1966 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1967 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1968 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1970 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1972 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1975 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1981 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1983 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1986 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1988 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1989 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1990 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1992 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
1993 static bfd_boolean * sections_being_created = NULL;
1994 static bfd * sections_being_created_abfd = NULL;
1995 static unsigned int nesting = 0;
1997 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2002 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
2003 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
2004 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
2005 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
2006 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
2007 can expect to recurse at least once.
2009 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
2010 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
2012 if (sections_being_created_abfd != abfd)
2013 sections_being_created = NULL;
2014 if (sections_being_created == NULL)
2016 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
2017 sections_being_created = (bfd_boolean *)
2018 bfd_zalloc (abfd, elf_numsections (abfd) * sizeof (bfd_boolean));
2019 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
2021 if (sections_being_created [shindex])
2024 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd);
2027 sections_being_created [shindex] = TRUE;
2030 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
2031 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
2032 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
2037 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2038 switch (hdr->sh_type)
2041 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2044 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
2045 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
2046 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
2047 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
2048 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
2049 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
2050 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
2051 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2052 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2053 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2056 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2057 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2060 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
2062 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2063 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2064 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
2067 case bfd_arch_sparc:
2068 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2069 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2071 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2076 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
2078 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
2080 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
2082 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2083 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2084 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2085 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
2087 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
2088 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
2092 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2094 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2095 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2097 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2098 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2100 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
2108 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table. */
2109 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
2112 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
2115 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
2117 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2119 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2120 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2121 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2126 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2127 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2128 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) != 0)
2131 /* xgettext:c-format */
2132 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2133 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2137 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
2138 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd) = *hdr;
2139 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2140 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
2142 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2143 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2144 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2145 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2146 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2148 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
2149 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
2150 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2154 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2155 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2156 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2158 elf_section_list * entry;
2159 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2161 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
2162 if (entry->hdr.sh_link == shindex)
2165 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2166 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2168 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2170 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2171 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2176 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
2178 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2180 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2181 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2186 ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
2187 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2191 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2192 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
2195 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
2198 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
2200 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2203 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2204 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2205 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2210 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2211 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2212 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
2215 /* xgettext:c-format */
2216 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2217 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2221 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
2222 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
2223 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
2224 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
2226 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2227 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2228 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2231 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2233 elf_section_list * entry;
2235 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
2236 if (entry->ndx == shindex)
2239 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
2242 entry->ndx = shindex;
2244 entry->next = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
2245 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
2246 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = & entry->hdr;
2250 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table. */
2251 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
2254 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
2256 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
2257 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
2261 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
2264 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
2265 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
2269 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
2272 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
2273 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
2274 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
2275 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2277 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2282 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2283 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2284 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2285 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
2287 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2289 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2290 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2292 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2293 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2295 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2298 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
2300 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
2302 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
2303 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
2307 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2312 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2314 asection *target_sect;
2315 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
2316 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2317 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
2320 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
2321 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
2324 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2325 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
2328 /* xgettext:c-format */
2329 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2330 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex);
2331 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2336 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2337 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2338 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2339 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2340 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2341 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2342 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2344 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2345 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
2346 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
2347 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2353 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2355 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2356 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2367 hdr->sh_link = found;
2370 /* Get the symbol table. */
2371 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2372 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2373 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2376 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2377 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2378 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2379 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2380 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2381 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2382 sh_link points to the null section. */
2383 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
2384 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
2385 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
2386 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
2387 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2388 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2390 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2395 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2398 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2399 if (target_sect == NULL)
2402 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
2403 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2404 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
2406 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
2408 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2411 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*hdr2));
2416 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2417 target_sect->reloc_count += (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr)
2418 * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
2419 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2420 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2421 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2422 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2423 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2424 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2426 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2427 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
2429 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2433 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2434 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2435 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2436 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2439 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2440 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2443 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2444 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2445 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2448 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2449 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2450 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2451 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2458 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
2461 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2467 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2468 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2469 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
2471 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2473 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
2477 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2478 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2481 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
2483 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
2484 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2485 for applications? */
2487 /* xgettext:c-format */
2488 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2489 abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
2492 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2493 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2498 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
2499 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
2500 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2502 /* xgettext:c-format */
2503 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2504 abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
2505 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2507 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2508 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2509 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2510 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2511 be rejected with an error message. */
2513 /* xgettext:c-format */
2514 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2515 abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
2518 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2519 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2524 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2526 /* xgettext:c-format */
2527 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2528 abfd, hdr->sh_type, name);
2536 if (sections_being_created && sections_being_created_abfd == abfd)
2537 sections_being_created [shindex] = FALSE;
2538 if (-- nesting == 0)
2540 sections_being_created = NULL;
2541 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
2546 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2549 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2551 unsigned long r_symndx)
2553 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2555 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2557 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2558 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2559 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2561 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2562 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2563 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2566 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2568 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2571 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2574 return &cache->sym[ent];
2577 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2581 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2583 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2585 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2588 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2590 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2591 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2594 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2596 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2597 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2600 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2602 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2603 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2604 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2605 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2606 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2607 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2608 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2609 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2610 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2611 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2612 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2613 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2614 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2615 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2618 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2620 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2621 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2622 { NULL, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2625 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2627 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2628 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2629 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2630 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2631 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2632 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2633 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2634 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2635 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2636 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2639 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2641 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2642 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2645 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2647 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2648 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2649 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2650 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2653 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2655 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2656 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2659 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2661 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2662 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2663 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2666 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2670 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2673 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2675 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2676 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2677 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2679 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2682 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2684 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2687 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2688 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2689 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2690 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2693 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2695 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2696 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2697 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2698 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2701 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2703 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2704 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2705 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2707 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2710 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2712 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2713 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2714 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2716 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2717 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2718 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2719 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2722 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2724 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2726 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2728 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2729 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2730 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2736 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2739 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2740 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2741 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2747 len = strlen (name);
2749 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2752 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2754 if (len < prefix_len)
2756 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2759 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2760 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2762 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2764 if (suffix_len == 0)
2766 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2767 && (suffix_len == -2
2768 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2774 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2776 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2777 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2787 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2788 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2791 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2792 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2794 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2795 if (sec->name == NULL)
2798 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2799 spec = bed->special_sections;
2802 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2803 bed->special_sections,
2809 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2812 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2813 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2816 spec = special_sections[i];
2821 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2825 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2827 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2828 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2829 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2831 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2834 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2838 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2841 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2842 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2843 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2845 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2846 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2847 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2848 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2849 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2850 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2851 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2852 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2853 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2854 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2855 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2857 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2860 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2861 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2862 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2864 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2865 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2869 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2872 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2874 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2875 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2876 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2877 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2879 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2880 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2881 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2882 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2883 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2884 of combined data+bss.
2886 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2887 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2888 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2889 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2890 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2895 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2896 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2898 const char *type_name)
2906 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2907 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2908 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2910 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2912 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2913 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2914 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2917 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2918 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2919 if (newsect == NULL)
2921 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2922 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2923 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2924 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2925 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2926 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2927 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2929 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2930 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2931 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2933 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2935 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2938 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2940 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2944 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2948 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2949 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2950 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2953 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2954 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2955 if (newsect == NULL)
2957 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2958 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2959 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2960 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2961 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2962 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2963 align = hdr->p_align;
2964 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2965 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2967 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2968 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2969 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2970 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2971 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2972 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2973 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2975 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2976 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2977 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2979 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2980 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2987 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2989 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2991 switch (hdr->p_type)
2994 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2997 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
3000 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
3003 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
3006 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
3008 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz,
3014 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
3017 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
3019 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
3020 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
3024 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
3027 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
3030 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3031 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3032 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
3036 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3040 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
3042 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
3044 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
3045 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
3048 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
3052 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd *abfd,
3053 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
3054 const char *sec_name,
3055 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
3057 char *name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
3058 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name));
3062 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name);
3064 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
3066 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3072 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3073 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3074 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3078 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
3079 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
3080 const char *sec_name,
3081 bfd_boolean use_rela_p,
3082 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p)
3084 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
3085 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3087 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
3088 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*rel_hdr));
3089 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
3091 if (delay_st_name_p)
3092 rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
3093 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, rel_hdr, sec_name,
3096 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
3097 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
3098 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
3099 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
3100 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
3101 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3102 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3103 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
3104 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
3109 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3112 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
3114 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3115 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
3117 return SHT_PROGBITS;
3120 struct fake_section_arg
3122 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
3126 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3129 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
3131 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
3132 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3133 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
3134 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
3135 unsigned int sh_type;
3136 const char *name = asect->name;
3137 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p = FALSE;
3141 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3146 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
3150 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3151 if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG)
3152 && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
3156 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3158 asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS;
3160 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3161 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3162 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3163 delay_st_name_p = TRUE;
3166 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME))
3168 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3169 if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI)))
3171 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3172 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3176 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
3177 if (new_name == NULL)
3185 else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE)
3187 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3188 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3189 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3190 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3191 char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
3192 if (new_name == NULL)
3197 BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z');
3202 if (delay_st_name_p)
3203 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
3207 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3209 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3216 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3218 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3219 || asect->user_set_vma)
3220 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
3222 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3224 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
3225 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
3226 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3227 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3228 if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1)
3231 /* xgettext:c-format */
3232 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3233 abfd, asect->alignment_power, asect);
3237 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
3238 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3239 copy_private_section_data. */
3241 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
3242 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
3244 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3246 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
3247 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
3249 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
3251 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
3252 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3253 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
3254 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
3255 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3257 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3258 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3259 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3260 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3262 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
3263 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3266 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
3277 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
3278 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
3279 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
3280 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
3284 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
3288 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
3292 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
3296 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
3297 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3301 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
3302 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
3305 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3306 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
3309 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3310 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3311 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3312 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3314 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
3315 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
3317 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
3318 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
3321 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3322 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3323 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3324 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3326 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
3327 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
3329 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
3330 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
3334 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
3338 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
3342 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3343 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
3344 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3345 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
3346 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
3347 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
3348 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
3350 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
3351 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
3353 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
3354 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
3355 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
3356 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
3357 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
3359 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
3360 if (asect->size == 0
3361 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3363 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
3365 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
3368 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
3369 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
3370 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
3374 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
3375 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
3377 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3378 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3379 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3380 create the other. */
3381 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
3383 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3386 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3387 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
3388 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg->link_info)
3389 || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
3391 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
3392 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name,
3393 FALSE, delay_st_name_p))
3398 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
3399 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name,
3400 TRUE, delay_st_name_p))
3406 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
3408 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
3418 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3419 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
3420 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
3421 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
3427 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
3429 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3430 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3431 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3435 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3436 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3437 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3438 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3441 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
3443 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
3444 asection *elt, *first;
3448 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3450 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
3454 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
3456 unsigned long symindx = 0;
3458 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3460 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
3461 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
3465 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3466 elf_section_syms. */
3467 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
3468 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
3470 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
3472 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
3474 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3475 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3476 set until all local symbols are output. */
3478 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data;
3479 unsigned long symndx;
3480 unsigned long extsymoff;
3481 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3483 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3484 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3485 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3486 igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
3487 sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
3488 symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
3490 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
3492 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3494 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
3495 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3497 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
3498 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3499 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3500 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3502 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
3505 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3507 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3510 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
3512 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3513 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
3514 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3521 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
3523 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3524 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3525 start of the input section group. */
3526 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
3528 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3529 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3530 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3531 directives, not that it matters. */
3538 s = s->output_section;
3540 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
3542 struct bfd_elf_section_data *elf_sec = elf_section_data (s);
3543 struct bfd_elf_section_data *input_elf_sec = elf_section_data (elt);
3545 if (elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL
3547 || (input_elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL
3548 && input_elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0))
3550 elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
3552 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->rel.idx, loc);
3554 if (elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL
3556 || (input_elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL
3557 && input_elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0))
3559 elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
3561 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->rela.idx, loc);
3564 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->this_idx, loc);
3566 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
3572 BFD_ASSERT (loc == sec->contents);
3574 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
3577 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3578 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3579 relocations apply. */
3582 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
3584 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3585 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3586 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt
3587 && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
3592 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3598 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3601 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3604 elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec)
3609 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3611 type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type;
3612 if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA)
3615 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3616 name = reloc_sec->name;
3617 if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) != 0)
3620 if (type == SHT_RELA && *name++ != 'a')
3623 abfd = reloc_sec->owner;
3624 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3625 return bed->get_reloc_section (abfd, name);
3628 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3629 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3630 in here too, while we're at it. */
3633 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3635 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
3637 unsigned int section_number;
3638 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
3639 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
3640 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3644 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3646 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3647 if (link_info == NULL || !link_info->resolve_section_groups)
3649 size_t reloc_count = 0;
3651 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3652 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3654 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3656 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
3658 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
3660 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3661 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
3662 abfd->section_count--;
3665 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3668 /* Count relocations. */
3669 reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
3672 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3673 if (reloc_count == 0)
3674 abfd->flags &= ~HAS_RELOC;
3677 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3679 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3681 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
3682 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3683 if (d->this_hdr.sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3684 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
3687 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
3688 if (d->rel.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3689 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
3696 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
3697 if (d->rela.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3698 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
3704 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3705 || (link_info == NULL
3706 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3710 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
3711 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3712 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
3714 elf_section_list * entry;
3716 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) == NULL);
3718 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
3719 entry->ndx = section_number++;
3720 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
3722 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3723 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3724 if (entry->hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3727 elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3728 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3731 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3732 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
3733 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
3735 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
3737 /* xgettext:c-format */
3738 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3739 abfd, section_number);
3743 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3744 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3746 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3748 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3749 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3750 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3753 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3754 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3755 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3757 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3761 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3763 i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3766 i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3767 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3769 elf_section_list * entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
3770 BFD_ASSERT (entry != NULL);
3771 i_shdrp[entry->ndx] = & entry->hdr;
3772 entry->hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3774 i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3775 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
3778 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3782 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3784 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3785 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3786 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3787 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3788 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3790 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3792 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3793 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3794 the relocation entries apply. */
3795 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3797 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3798 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3799 d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3801 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3803 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3804 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3805 d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3808 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3809 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3811 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3814 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3815 if (link_info != NULL)
3817 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3818 if (discarded_section (s))
3822 /* xgettext:c-format */
3823 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3824 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3825 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3827 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3828 size as the discarded one. */
3829 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3832 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3838 s = s->output_section;
3839 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3843 /* Handle objcopy. */
3844 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3847 /* xgettext:c-format */
3848 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3849 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3850 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3851 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3854 s = s->output_section;
3856 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3861 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3862 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3863 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3865 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3866 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3867 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3868 bed->link_order_error_handler
3869 /* xgettext:c-format */
3870 (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"),
3875 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3879 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3880 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3881 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3882 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3883 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3884 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3885 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3887 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3889 s = elf_get_reloc_section (sec);
3892 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3893 d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3898 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3899 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3900 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3901 field to point to this section. */
3902 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3903 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3908 len = strlen (sec->name);
3909 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3912 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3913 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3914 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3918 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3920 /* This is a .stab section. */
3921 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3922 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3923 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3930 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3931 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3932 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3933 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3935 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3937 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3940 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3941 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3942 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3943 the version strings. */
3944 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3945 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3947 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3952 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3953 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3954 this hash table or version table is for. */
3955 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3957 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3961 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3965 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3966 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3967 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3973 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3975 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3976 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3977 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3978 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3980 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3981 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3982 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3985 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
3986 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
3987 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
3988 the beginning of that array.
3990 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
3993 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3994 asymbol **syms, long symcount)
3996 long src_count, dst_count = 0;
3998 for (src_count = 0; src_count < symcount; src_count++)
4000 asymbol *sym = syms[src_count];
4001 char *name = (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym);
4002 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4004 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
4007 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
4010 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4012 if (h->linker_def || h->ldscript_def)
4015 syms[dst_count++] = sym;
4018 syms[dst_count] = NULL;
4023 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4024 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4027 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
4029 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
4034 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
4037 if (sym->section == NULL)
4040 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
4041 return ((type_ptr != NULL
4042 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
4043 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
4044 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
4045 || (sym->section->output_section != NULL
4046 && sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
4047 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
4048 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
4051 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4052 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4055 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
4057 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
4058 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
4059 asymbol **sect_syms;
4060 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
4061 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
4062 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
4063 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
4064 unsigned int max_index = 0;
4070 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4074 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4076 if (max_index < asect->index)
4077 max_index = asect->index;
4081 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
4082 if (sect_syms == NULL)
4084 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
4085 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
4087 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4088 decided to output. */
4089 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4091 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
4093 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
4095 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
4096 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
4098 asection *sec = sym->section;
4100 if (sec->owner != abfd)
4101 sec = sec->output_section;
4103 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
4107 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4108 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4110 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
4112 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
4116 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4117 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4118 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4119 at least in that case. */
4120 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4122 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
4124 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
4131 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4132 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
4133 sizeof (asymbol *));
4135 if (new_syms == NULL)
4138 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
4140 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
4143 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
4144 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
4145 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
4150 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
4152 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
4154 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
4156 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
4159 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
4160 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
4163 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
4165 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
4169 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
4171 *pnum_locals = num_locals;
4175 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4176 ELF data structure. */
4178 static inline file_ptr
4179 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
4181 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
4184 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4185 required section alignment. */
4188 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
4192 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
4193 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
4194 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
4195 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
4196 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
4197 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4198 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
4202 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4203 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4204 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4207 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
4208 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4210 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4211 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
4213 struct elf_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
4214 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
4215 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
4217 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
4220 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4221 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
4222 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
4224 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
4227 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4228 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
4230 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
4231 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
4232 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
4236 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
4239 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4240 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
4241 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
4242 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
4246 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4247 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
4249 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
4254 if (link_info == NULL)
4256 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
4261 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
4262 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4263 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
4264 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
4265 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
4266 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4267 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4268 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
4269 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
4270 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4271 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
4273 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
4279 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4281 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
4283 hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
4284 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4286 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL)
4288 hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
4289 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4290 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4291 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4294 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
4295 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4297 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
4299 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4301 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4302 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
4304 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab);
4307 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
4312 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4313 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4315 static bfd_size_type
4316 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4320 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4322 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4323 and one for data. */
4326 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4327 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4329 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4330 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4331 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4336 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
4338 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4342 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4344 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4348 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd))
4350 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4354 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4356 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4360 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4362 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4363 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4365 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4367 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4368 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4369 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4370 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4371 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4372 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4374 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4375 while (s->next != NULL
4376 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
4377 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4378 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
4383 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4385 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4387 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4393 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4395 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4397 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4398 unsigned int page_align_power = bfd_log2 (bed->commonpagesize);
4399 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4400 if (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND)
4402 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info
4406 /* xgettext:c-format */
4407 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIN section `%pA' has invalid sh_info field: %d"),
4408 abfd, s, elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info);
4411 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4412 if (s->alignment_power < page_align_power)
4413 s->alignment_power = page_align_power;
4418 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4419 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
4423 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
4429 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4432 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4435 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
4437 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4438 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4440 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4446 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4447 if (m->sections[i] == section)
4454 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4456 static struct elf_segment_map *
4457 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
4458 asection **sections,
4463 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4468 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4469 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4470 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4474 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
4475 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
4476 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
4477 m->count = to - from;
4479 if (from == 0 && phdr)
4481 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4482 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
4483 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4489 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4492 struct elf_segment_map *
4493 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
4495 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4497 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
4498 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
4502 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
4504 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
4509 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4512 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
4513 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4514 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
4516 struct elf_segment_map **m;
4517 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4519 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4520 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4521 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4522 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4524 m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
4527 unsigned int i, new_count;
4529 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
4531 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4532 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4533 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4535 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
4539 (*m)->count = new_count;
4541 if (remove_empty_load
4542 && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD
4544 && !(*m)->includes_phdrs)
4550 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4551 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
4553 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
4560 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4561 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4563 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4566 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4569 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4570 asection **sections = NULL;
4571 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4572 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
4574 no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
4577 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
4579 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
4583 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
4584 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
4587 unsigned int phdr_index;
4588 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
4590 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
4591 bfd_boolean writable;
4592 bfd_boolean executable;
4594 asection *first_tls = NULL;
4595 asection *first_mbind = NULL;
4596 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
4598 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
4599 bfd_boolean linker_created_pt_phdr_segment = FALSE;
4601 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4603 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
4604 sizeof (asection *));
4605 if (sections == NULL)
4608 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4609 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4611 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
4612 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4615 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4617 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4621 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4622 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4623 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4626 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
4629 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
4631 /* Build the mapping. */
4636 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4637 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4639 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4640 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4642 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4643 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4647 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
4649 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4650 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4651 linker_created_pt_phdr_segment = TRUE;
4655 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4656 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4660 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
4668 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4669 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4670 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4674 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4675 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4676 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4677 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4678 if (maxpagesize == 0)
4682 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4684 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4687 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4688 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4689 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4690 program headers we will need. */
4693 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
4695 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4696 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
4697 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4698 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
4699 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
4700 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
4701 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
4702 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
4704 /* PR 20815: The ELF standard says that a PT_PHDR segment, if
4705 present, must be included as part of the memory image of the
4706 program. Ie it must be part of a PT_LOAD segment as well.
4707 If we have had to create our own PT_PHDR segment, but it is
4708 not going to be covered by the first PT_LOAD segment, then
4709 force the inclusion if we can... */
4710 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
4711 && linker_created_pt_phdr_segment)
4712 phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
4714 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4718 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
4721 bfd_boolean new_segment;
4725 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4728 if (last_hdr == NULL)
4730 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4731 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4732 new_segment = FALSE;
4734 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
4736 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4737 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4741 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
4742 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
4744 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4745 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4748 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0
4749 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
4750 == (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
4752 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4753 pages onto the same memory page. */
4754 new_segment = FALSE;
4756 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4757 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4758 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4759 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4760 section can be included in the current segment. */
4761 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
4762 + maxpagesize > last_hdr->lma)
4763 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
4764 + maxpagesize <= hdr->lma))
4766 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4767 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4770 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
4771 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
4773 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4774 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4775 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4776 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4779 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
4781 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4782 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4783 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4784 new_segment = FALSE;
4786 else if (info != NULL
4787 && info->separate_code
4788 && executable != ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
4793 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4795 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4801 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4802 new_segment = FALSE;
4805 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4806 if (last_hdr != NULL
4808 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
4810 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
4816 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4818 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4821 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4822 last_size = !IS_TBSS (hdr) ? hdr->size : 0;
4826 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4827 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4829 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4836 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4841 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
4847 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4848 last_size = !IS_TBSS (hdr) ? hdr->size : 0;
4850 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4853 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4855 if (last_hdr != NULL
4856 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4857 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr)))
4859 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4867 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4870 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4877 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4878 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4879 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4880 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4881 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4883 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4885 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4886 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4891 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4892 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4893 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4895 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4896 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4897 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4898 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4904 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4905 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4909 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4913 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4914 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4917 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4918 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4922 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4928 if (first_mbind == NULL
4929 && (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0)
4933 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4936 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4937 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4938 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4943 m->count = tls_count;
4944 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4946 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4948 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4950 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
4953 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd);
4956 while (i < (unsigned int) tls_count)
4958 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
4960 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s);
4964 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s);
4967 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4978 if (first_mbind && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4979 for (s = first_mbind; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4980 if ((elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0
4981 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info
4982 <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM))
4984 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4985 unsigned long p_flags = PF_R;
4986 if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4988 if ((s->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4991 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) + sizeof (asection *);
4992 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4996 m->p_type = (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
4997 + elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info);
4999 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
5001 m->p_flags = p_flags;
5007 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5009 eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd);
5010 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
5011 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5013 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5014 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5018 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
5020 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
5026 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
5028 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5029 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5033 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
5034 m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
5035 m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
5036 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
5037 m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
5038 if (info->stacksize > 0)
5040 m->p_size = info->stacksize;
5041 m->p_size_valid = 1;
5048 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
5050 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
5052 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
5054 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
5055 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
5058 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
5059 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
5060 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
5063 if (i != (unsigned) -1)
5068 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5071 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5072 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
5076 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
5083 elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
5086 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
5089 for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5091 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5096 if (sections != NULL)
5101 /* Sort sections by address. */
5104 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5106 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
5107 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
5108 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
5110 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5111 place the section into a segment. */
5112 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5114 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5117 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5118 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5119 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5121 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5124 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5126 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
5132 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
5133 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
5134 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
5135 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
5140 else if (TOEND (sec2))
5145 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5146 before others at the same address. */
5148 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
5149 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
5156 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
5159 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5161 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5162 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5163 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5164 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5165 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5168 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5169 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5171 /* In other words, something like:
5173 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5174 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5175 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5176 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5178 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5180 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5183 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
5185 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5186 if (maxpagesize == 0)
5188 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
5192 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
5195 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
5200 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
5201 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5202 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
5203 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
5204 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5205 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
5207 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
5208 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
5212 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
5213 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
5214 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
5220 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
5225 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
5227 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
5230 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
5235 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5236 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5240 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
5241 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5243 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5244 struct elf_segment_map *m;
5245 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
5246 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
5248 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
5249 unsigned int pt_load_count = 0;
5252 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
5254 if (link_info == NULL
5255 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
5259 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5263 header_pad = m->header_size;
5268 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5269 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5273 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5274 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
5275 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
5278 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
5280 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
5281 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5283 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
5284 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
5288 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5292 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5293 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5294 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5295 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5296 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5298 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5299 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5300 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5301 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
5303 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
5305 (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
5306 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
5307 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
5312 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
5313 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
5315 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5316 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5317 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
5323 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0;
5325 m = m->next, p++, j++)
5329 bfd_boolean no_contents;
5331 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5332 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5333 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5334 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5335 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5337 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
5338 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
5339 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
5342 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5343 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5344 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5345 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5346 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5347 p->p_type = m->p_type;
5348 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
5353 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
5355 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
5356 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
5357 else if (m->count == 0)
5360 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
5362 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5363 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
5365 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5366 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5367 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5368 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5369 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5370 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5371 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5373 if (m->p_align_valid)
5374 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
5376 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
5379 else if (m->p_align_valid)
5380 p->p_align = m->p_align;
5381 else if (m->count == 0)
5382 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5386 no_contents = FALSE;
5388 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5391 bfd_size_type align;
5392 unsigned int align_power = 0;
5394 if (m->p_align_valid)
5398 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
5400 unsigned int secalign;
5402 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
5403 if (secalign > align_power)
5404 align_power = secalign;
5406 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
5407 if (align < maxpagesize)
5408 align = maxpagesize;
5411 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5412 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
5413 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5414 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5415 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5416 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
5418 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5421 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5422 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
5424 no_contents = FALSE;
5428 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
5430 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5431 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5433 if (pt_load_count > 1
5434 && bed->no_page_alias
5435 && (off & (maxpagesize - 1)) != 0
5436 && (off & -maxpagesize) == ((off + off_adjust) & -maxpagesize))
5437 off_adjust += maxpagesize;
5441 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5442 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5443 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5444 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5445 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5446 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5447 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5448 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5453 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5454 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5455 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
5457 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
5460 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5461 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5463 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5466 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5467 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
5468 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5469 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
5475 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5477 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5479 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5480 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5483 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off
5484 || (!m->p_paddr_valid
5485 && p->p_paddr < (bfd_vma) off))
5488 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5489 " try linking with -N"),
5491 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5496 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
5501 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5503 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5506 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
5508 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5512 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
5513 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
5514 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
5518 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5519 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5522 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
5523 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
5527 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5528 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
5530 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
5536 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
5538 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5539 p->p_memsz += adjust;
5543 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5544 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5545 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5546 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5547 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5548 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
5551 bfd_size_type align;
5552 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5555 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
5556 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
5558 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5559 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5560 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
5561 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
5562 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
5563 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
5565 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
5566 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
5567 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
5568 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
5572 || p_end < p_start))
5575 /* xgettext:c-format */
5576 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64 " adjusted to %#" PRIx64),
5577 abfd, sec, (uint64_t) s_start, (uint64_t) p_end);
5581 p->p_memsz += adjust;
5583 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5585 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
5587 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5588 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5590 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
5591 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
5595 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5599 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5601 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5605 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5606 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5607 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
5613 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5622 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5624 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5625 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5626 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5628 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5629 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
5630 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
5632 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5633 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5634 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5635 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5636 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5637 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5639 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
5641 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
5644 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5646 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5647 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5648 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5649 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5650 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5651 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5653 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5655 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5656 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5658 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5660 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
5661 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5664 if (align > p->p_align
5665 && !m->p_align_valid
5666 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5667 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
5671 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5674 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
5676 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
5683 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5684 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5685 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5687 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
5689 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
5690 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
5691 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
5692 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
5693 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
5694 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
5696 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5701 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5703 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5706 sec = m->sections[i];
5707 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
5708 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
5709 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
5712 /* xgettext:c-format */
5713 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5715 print_segment_map (m);
5721 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5725 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5728 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
5729 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5731 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5732 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
5733 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp;
5734 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
5735 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
5736 struct elf_segment_map *m;
5737 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
5738 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
5739 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
5743 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5744 end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
5745 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5746 for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++)
5748 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5751 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5752 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
5753 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5754 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
5755 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
5756 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5758 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
5760 /* xgettext:c-format */
5761 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5763 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
5765 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
5766 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5767 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
5768 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5771 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5773 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
5776 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5777 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5778 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5779 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
5780 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5781 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
5782 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
5783 && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
5784 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)]
5785 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)])
5786 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5788 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5791 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5792 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5796 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5798 hdrs_segment = NULL;
5799 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
5800 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5803 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5806 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5808 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5809 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5811 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5813 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5814 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5815 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5818 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5819 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5824 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
5826 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5827 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5828 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5830 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
5831 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
5832 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5833 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5835 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
5836 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5837 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5838 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
5841 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
5842 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5843 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
5845 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5846 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5855 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
5856 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
5860 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
5861 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5864 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5865 hash->def_regular = 1;
5870 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5872 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5877 if (link_info != NULL)
5879 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5880 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
5881 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
5882 start = link_info->relro_start;
5883 end = link_info->relro_end;
5885 else if (m->count != 0)
5887 if (!m->p_size_valid)
5889 start = m->sections[0]->vma;
5890 end = start + m->p_size;
5901 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
5902 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
5905 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
5907 for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
5909 lm = lm->next, lp++)
5911 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5913 && (lm->sections[lm->count - 1]->vma
5914 + (!IS_TBSS (lm->sections[lm->count - 1])
5915 ? lm->sections[lm->count - 1]->size
5917 && lm->sections[0]->vma < end)
5923 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
5924 for (i = 0; i < lm->count; i++)
5926 asection *s = lm->sections[i];
5935 p->p_vaddr = lm->sections[i]->vma;
5936 p->p_paddr = lm->sections[i]->lma;
5937 p->p_offset = lm->sections[i]->filepos;
5938 p->p_memsz = end - p->p_vaddr;
5939 p->p_filesz = p->p_memsz;
5941 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
5942 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
5943 In cases where the end does not match any
5944 loaded section (for instance is in file
5945 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
5946 the end of loaded section contents. */
5947 if (p->p_filesz > lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz - p->p_vaddr)
5948 p->p_filesz = lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz - p->p_vaddr;
5950 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
5951 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
5952 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
5953 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5954 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
5956 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5958 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5964 if (link_info != NULL)
5967 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5969 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
5971 if (m->p_size_valid)
5972 p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
5974 else if (m->count != 0)
5978 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5979 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5980 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5982 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
5983 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
5984 if (p->p_type == PT_PHDR)
5990 if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs)
5992 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5994 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
5995 "and/or program header"),
5996 abfd, (int) (p - phdrs));
6001 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
6002 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
6004 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
6005 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
6006 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
6008 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
6015 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
6017 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
6018 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
6019 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
6021 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
6023 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
6024 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
6025 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
6029 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
6034 static elf_section_list *
6035 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i, elf_section_list * list)
6037 for (;list != NULL; list = list->next)
6043 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6044 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6045 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6047 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6048 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
6049 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
6050 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
6051 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
6052 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
6053 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6055 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6058 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
6059 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
6061 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
6062 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
6063 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6065 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
6066 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
6068 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
6069 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
6070 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
6074 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6075 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
6077 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6078 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6079 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6080 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
6082 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6085 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
6086 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
6087 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6088 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
6089 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6090 || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
6091 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
6092 && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
6093 || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd)
6094 || i == elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd))
6096 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
6099 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
6102 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
6108 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6109 assignment of sections to segments. */
6110 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
6113 /* And for non-load sections. */
6114 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
6117 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
6119 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
6123 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
6124 if (link_info != NULL && bfd_link_pie (link_info))
6126 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
6127 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
6128 Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments];
6130 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6131 bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1;
6132 for (; segment < end_segment; segment++)
6133 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr)
6134 p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr;
6136 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6137 segments is non-zero. */
6139 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
6142 /* Write out the program headers. */
6143 alloc = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
6147 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if present, will
6148 be loaded into memory. FIXME: The check below is not sufficient as
6149 really all PT_LOAD segments should be checked before issuing an error
6150 message. Plus the PHDR segment does not have to be the first segment
6151 in the program header table. But this version of the check should
6152 catch all real world use cases.
6154 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6155 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6156 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6157 changed or the programs updated. */
6159 && tdata->phdr[0].p_type == PT_PHDR
6160 && (bed->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr == NULL
6161 || !bed->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd, tdata->phdr,
6163 && tdata->phdr[1].p_type == PT_LOAD
6164 && (tdata->phdr[1].p_vaddr > tdata->phdr[0].p_vaddr
6165 || (tdata->phdr[1].p_vaddr + tdata->phdr[1].p_memsz
6166 < tdata->phdr[0].p_vaddr + tdata->phdr[0].p_memsz)))
6168 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
6169 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
6170 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
6171 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
6172 " by LOAD segment"),
6177 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6178 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
6186 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
6188 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6189 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
6190 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6192 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
6194 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6195 if (shstrtab == NULL)
6198 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
6200 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
6201 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
6202 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
6203 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
6205 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
6206 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
6207 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
6208 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
6210 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6211 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
6212 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
6213 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
6214 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
6215 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
6217 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
6219 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
6221 case bfd_arch_unknown:
6222 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
6225 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6226 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6227 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6228 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6229 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6230 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6231 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6232 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6234 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
6237 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
6238 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
6240 /* No program header, for now. */
6241 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
6242 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
6243 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
6245 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6246 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
6247 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
6249 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
6250 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
6251 /* It all happens later. */
6255 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
6256 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
6259 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
6260 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
6261 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
6262 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
6263 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
6264 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
6265 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
6266 || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
6267 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
6273 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6274 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6277 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd)
6280 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp;
6281 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
6282 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
6283 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6285 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
6287 shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
6288 end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
6289 for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++)
6292 if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
6294 asection *sec = shdrp->bfd_section;
6295 bfd_boolean is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL
6296 || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA);
6298 || (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)))
6302 const char *name = sec->name;
6303 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
6305 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6306 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, sec,
6310 if (sec->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6311 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) == 0)
6313 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6314 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6316 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
6317 if (new_name == NULL)
6321 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6322 if (shdrp->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
6325 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
6327 d = elf_section_data (sec);
6329 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6331 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
6336 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
6341 /* Update section size and contents. */
6342 shdrp->sh_size = sec->size;
6343 shdrp->contents = sec->contents;
6344 shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL;
6346 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp,
6353 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6355 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6356 shdrp = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
6357 shdrp->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
6358 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
6360 /* Place the section headers. */
6361 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
6362 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6363 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
6364 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
6365 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
6366 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
6372 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
6374 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6375 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
6377 unsigned int count, num_sec;
6378 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
6380 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
6381 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
6384 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
6387 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
6391 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd))
6394 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6395 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
6396 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
6398 i_shdrp[count]->sh_name
6399 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
6400 i_shdrp[count]->sh_name);
6401 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
6402 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]))
6404 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
6406 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
6408 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6409 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
6414 /* Write out the section header names. */
6415 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
6416 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
6417 && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6418 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
6421 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
6422 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd));
6424 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
6427 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6428 if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL)
6429 return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
6435 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
6437 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6438 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
6441 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6444 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
6446 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6447 unsigned int sec_index;
6449 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
6450 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
6451 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
6453 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
6454 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
6455 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
6456 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
6457 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
6458 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
6460 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
6462 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6463 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
6465 int retval = sec_index;
6467 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
6471 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
6472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
6477 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6481 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
6483 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
6485 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
6487 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6488 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6489 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6490 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6491 input sections rather than the output section. */
6492 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
6493 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6494 && asym_ptr->section)
6499 sec = asym_ptr->section;
6500 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
6501 sec = sec->output_section;
6502 if (sec->owner == abfd
6503 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
6504 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
6505 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
6508 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
6512 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6513 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6515 /* xgettext:c-format */
6516 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6517 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
6518 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
6525 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6526 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags);
6534 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6537 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6539 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6540 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6541 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6542 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6543 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6546 unsigned int num_segments;
6547 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6548 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6549 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
6550 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
6551 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
6552 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6554 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6555 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6558 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6560 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6561 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
6563 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6564 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6565 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6566 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6568 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6569 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6570 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6571 ? section->size : 0)
6573 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6574 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6575 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6576 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6577 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6578 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6580 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6581 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6582 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6583 (section->lma >= base \
6584 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6585 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6587 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6588 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6589 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6590 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6591 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6592 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6593 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6595 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6597 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6599 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6603 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6604 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6605 p_memsz set to 0. */
6606 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6608 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6609 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6610 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6611 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6613 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6614 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6615 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6617 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6618 A section will be included if:
6619 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6620 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6621 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6623 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6624 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6625 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6626 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6627 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6628 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6629 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6630 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6631 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6632 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6633 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6634 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6635 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6636 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6637 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6638 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6639 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6640 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6641 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6642 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6643 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6644 || (segment->p_paddr \
6645 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6646 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6647 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6649 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6651 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6652 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6653 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6654 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6655 && section->output_section != NULL)
6657 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6658 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6659 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6661 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6662 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6663 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6664 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6665 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6667 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6668 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6669 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6670 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6671 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6673 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6674 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
6675 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6677 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6678 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6679 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6680 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6681 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6682 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6685 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6687 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6691 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6692 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6693 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6694 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6695 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6700 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
6702 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
6703 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
6704 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
6706 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6707 assignment code will work. */
6708 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
6712 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6714 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6715 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
6716 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6720 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6721 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
6723 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
6725 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
6726 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
6729 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6730 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
6732 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6734 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
6735 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
6737 if (extra_length > 0)
6739 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
6740 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
6743 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6745 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6747 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6752 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6754 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
6755 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
6757 if (extra_length > 0)
6759 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
6760 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
6763 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
6768 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6769 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6773 unsigned int section_count;
6774 asection **sections;
6775 asection *output_section;
6777 asection *matching_lma;
6778 asection *suggested_lma;
6781 asection *first_section;
6783 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
6786 first_section = NULL;
6787 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6788 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6790 section = section->next)
6792 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6793 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6794 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6796 if (first_section == NULL)
6797 first_section = section;
6798 if (section->output_section != NULL)
6803 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6804 all of the sections we have selected. */
6805 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6806 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6807 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6811 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6812 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6814 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6815 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6816 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6818 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6819 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6821 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
6823 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6824 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6827 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6828 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6829 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6830 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6831 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6833 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6835 map->includes_phdrs =
6836 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6837 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6838 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6839 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6841 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6842 phdr_included = TRUE;
6845 if (section_count == 0)
6847 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6848 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6849 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6850 a warning is produced.
6851 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
6852 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
6853 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
6854 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
6855 && (segment->p_filesz > 0 || segment->p_memsz == 0))
6856 /* xgettext:c-format */
6858 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
6859 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64 ", is this intentional?"),
6860 ibfd, (uint64_t) segment->p_vaddr);
6863 *pointer_to_map = map;
6864 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6869 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6870 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6871 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6872 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6874 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6875 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6878 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6879 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6880 of the first section.
6882 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6883 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6884 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6885 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6886 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6888 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6889 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6890 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6891 or segments to contain the other sections.
6893 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6894 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6895 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6897 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
6898 if (sections == NULL)
6901 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6902 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6903 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6904 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6905 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6908 matching_lma = NULL;
6909 suggested_lma = NULL;
6911 for (section = first_section, j = 0;
6913 section = section->next)
6915 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6917 output_section = section->output_section;
6919 sections[j++] = section;
6921 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6922 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6923 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6924 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6926 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
6927 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6929 && output_section->lma != 0
6930 && (align_power (segment->p_vaddr
6931 + (map->includes_filehdr
6932 ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
6933 + (map->includes_phdrs
6934 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
6936 output_section->alignment_power)
6937 == output_section->vma))
6938 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
6940 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6941 LMA address of the output section. */
6942 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6943 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
6944 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6945 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
6947 if (matching_lma == NULL
6948 || output_section->lma < matching_lma->lma)
6949 matching_lma = output_section;
6951 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6952 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6954 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
6956 else if (suggested_lma == NULL)
6957 suggested_lma = output_section;
6959 if (j == section_count)
6964 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
6966 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6968 if (isec == section_count)
6970 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6971 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6972 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6973 program header in the input BFD. */
6974 map->count = section_count;
6975 *pointer_to_map = map;
6976 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6979 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6980 && matching_lma->lma != map->p_paddr
6981 && !map->includes_filehdr
6982 && !map->includes_phdrs)
6983 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6984 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6986 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma->lma - map->p_paddr;
6993 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
6994 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
6995 section fitted, the first section. */
6996 if (matching_lma == NULL)
6997 matching_lma = suggested_lma;
6999 map->p_paddr = matching_lma->lma;
7001 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7002 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7003 if (map->includes_phdrs)
7005 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
7007 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7008 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7009 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7010 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7011 offset when we know the correct value. */
7012 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
7013 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
7016 if (map->includes_filehdr)
7018 bfd_vma align = (bfd_vma) 1 << matching_lma->alignment_power;
7019 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
7020 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7021 first section lma, but there may have been some
7022 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7023 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7024 the same alignment. */
7025 if (segment->p_align != 0 && segment->p_align < align)
7026 align = segment->p_align;
7027 map->p_paddr &= -align;
7031 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7032 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7033 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7034 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7035 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7036 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7042 suggested_lma = NULL;
7044 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7045 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
7047 section = sections[j];
7049 if (section == NULL)
7052 output_section = section->output_section;
7054 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
7056 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
7057 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
7059 if (map->count == 0)
7061 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7062 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7064 if (align_power (map->p_paddr
7065 + (map->includes_filehdr
7066 ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
7067 + (map->includes_phdrs
7068 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
7070 output_section->alignment_power)
7071 != output_section->lma)
7078 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
7080 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7081 and the start of this section is more than
7082 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7083 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
7085 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
7086 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
7087 > output_section->lma))
7089 if (suggested_lma == NULL)
7090 suggested_lma = output_section;
7096 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
7099 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
7100 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
7102 else if (suggested_lma == NULL)
7103 suggested_lma = output_section;
7106 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
7108 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7109 *pointer_to_map = map;
7110 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
7112 if (isec < section_count)
7114 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7115 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7116 and carry on looping. */
7117 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7118 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7119 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
7126 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7127 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7128 not yet been assigned. */
7130 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
7131 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
7132 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
7133 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma->lma;
7134 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
7135 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
7136 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
7139 while (isec < section_count);
7144 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
7146 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7147 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7148 the offset if necessary. */
7149 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
7153 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
7156 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
7157 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
7158 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
7160 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
7161 if (map->p_type == PT_PHDR)
7164 = phdr_adjust_seg->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0;
7165 map->p_paddr = phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr + adjust;
7172 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7173 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7175 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7176 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7177 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7178 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7179 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7180 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7184 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7187 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7189 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
7190 struct elf_segment_map *map;
7191 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
7192 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
7193 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7195 unsigned int num_segments;
7196 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
7197 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
7199 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
7202 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
7204 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7205 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7206 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
7207 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7208 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7211 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
7213 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
7217 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7222 unsigned int section_count;
7224 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
7225 asection *first_section = NULL;
7226 asection *lowest_section;
7228 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7229 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
7231 section = section->next)
7233 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7234 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7236 if (first_section == NULL)
7237 first_section = section;
7242 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7243 all of the sections we have selected. */
7244 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
7245 if (section_count != 0)
7246 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
7247 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
7251 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7254 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
7255 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
7256 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
7257 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
7258 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
7259 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
7260 map->p_align_valid = 1;
7261 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
7263 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
7264 || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
7266 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7267 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7268 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7269 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7270 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7272 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
7273 map->p_size_valid = 1;
7276 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7277 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7278 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
7279 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
7281 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
7282 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
7284 map->includes_phdrs =
7285 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
7286 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
7287 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
7288 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
7290 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
7291 phdr_included = TRUE;
7294 lowest_section = NULL;
7295 if (section_count != 0)
7297 unsigned int isec = 0;
7299 for (section = first_section;
7301 section = section->next)
7303 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7304 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7306 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
7307 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7311 if (lowest_section == NULL
7312 || section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
7313 lowest_section = section;
7315 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7316 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7317 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7318 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7320 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
7321 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
7323 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
7324 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
7325 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
7327 if (isec == section_count)
7333 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
7334 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
7335 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
7337 if (!map->includes_phdrs
7338 && !map->includes_filehdr
7339 && map->p_paddr_valid)
7340 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
7341 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
7342 - segment->p_paddr);
7344 map->count = section_count;
7345 *pointer_to_map = map;
7346 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
7349 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
7353 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7357 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7359 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7360 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7363 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
7366 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
7368 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7369 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7370 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7371 asection *section, *osec;
7372 unsigned int i, num_segments;
7373 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
7374 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7376 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
7378 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7379 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
7382 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7383 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
7384 section = section->next)
7385 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
7387 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7388 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7392 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7393 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7394 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7395 map in this case. */
7396 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
7397 && segment->p_memsz == 0
7398 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
7401 for (section = ibfd->sections;
7402 section != NULL; section = section->next)
7404 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7405 from the input BFD. */
7406 osec = section->output_section;
7408 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
7410 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7411 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7412 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7414 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7415 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7417 || section->flags != osec->flags
7418 || section->lma != osec->lma
7419 || section->vma != osec->vma
7420 || section->size != osec->size
7421 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
7422 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
7428 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7430 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
7431 section = section->next)
7433 if (!section->segment_mark)
7436 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
7439 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
7443 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
7445 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7446 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7447 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7449 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7450 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
7452 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7455 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
7456 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
7458 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7459 if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2))
7460 /* xgettext:c-format */
7461 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7462 PRIx64 " is too large"),
7463 ibfd, (uint64_t) segment->p_align);
7465 maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
7468 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
7469 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
7472 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
7475 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7478 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
7482 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
7485 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
7486 bfd_boolean final_link = (link_info != NULL
7487 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info));
7489 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7490 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7493 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
7495 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7496 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7497 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7498 that the linker clears to differ. */
7499 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
7500 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
7502 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
7503 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
7504 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
7506 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7507 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
7508 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
7510 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7511 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GNU_MBIND)
7512 elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr.sh_info
7513 = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.sh_info;
7515 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7516 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7517 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7518 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7519 if ((link_info == NULL
7520 || !link_info->resolve_section_groups)
7521 && (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
7522 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
7524 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
7525 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
7526 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
7527 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
7530 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7531 if (!final_link && (ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0)
7532 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
7535 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
7537 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7538 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7539 may be NULL at this point. */
7540 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
7542 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
7543 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
7544 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
7547 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
7552 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7553 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7556 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
7561 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
7563 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7564 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7567 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
7568 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
7570 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
7572 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
7573 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
7574 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
7575 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
7576 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
7578 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
7582 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7583 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7584 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7585 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7586 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7590 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
7594 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
7595 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
7597 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
7598 asection *s = first;
7599 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
7603 /* If this member section is being output but the
7604 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7605 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7606 if (s->output_section != discarded
7607 && isec->output_section == discarded)
7609 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
7610 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
7612 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7613 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7614 else if (s->output_section == discarded
7615 && isec->output_section != discarded)
7617 struct bfd_elf_section_data *elf_sec = elf_section_data (s);
7619 if (elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL
7620 && (elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
7622 if (elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL
7623 && (elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
7626 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
7632 if (discarded != NULL)
7634 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7635 adjust the input section size. */
7636 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
7637 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
7638 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
7639 if (isec->size <= 4)
7642 isec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7647 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7649 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
7650 if (isec->output_section->size <= 4)
7652 isec->output_section->size = 0;
7653 isec->output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7662 /* Copy private header information. */
7665 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7667 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7668 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7671 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7672 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7673 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7674 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7675 already been worked out. */
7676 if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
7678 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
7682 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
7685 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7686 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7687 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7688 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7689 swap_out_syms function. */
7691 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7692 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7693 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7694 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7695 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7698 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
7703 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
7705 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7706 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7709 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
7710 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
7713 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
7715 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
7719 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7720 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
7721 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
7722 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
7723 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
7724 else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
7726 else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
7727 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
7728 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)))
7729 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
7730 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7736 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7739 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
7740 struct elf_strtab_hash **sttp,
7743 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7746 struct elf_strtab_hash *stt;
7747 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7748 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
7749 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
7750 struct elf_sym_strtab *symstrtab;
7751 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
7752 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
7753 unsigned long outbound_syms_index;
7754 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index;
7756 unsigned int num_locals;
7758 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
7760 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
7763 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7764 stt = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7768 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7769 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
7770 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7771 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
7772 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
7773 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
7774 symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
7775 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
7777 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
7778 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
7780 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7781 symstrtab = (struct elf_sym_strtab *) bfd_malloc ((symcount + 1)
7782 * sizeof (*symstrtab));
7783 if (symstrtab == NULL)
7785 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
7789 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
7790 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
7791 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
7794 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
7798 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
7799 outbound_syms_index = 0;
7801 outbound_shndx = NULL;
7802 outbound_shndx_index = 0;
7804 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
7806 symtab_shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
7807 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
7809 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7810 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
7811 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
7812 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
7815 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
7816 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
7817 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
7818 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7819 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7821 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7824 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7826 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7827 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7833 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7834 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
7835 symstrtab[0].sym = sym;
7836 symstrtab[0].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
7837 symstrtab[0].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
7838 outbound_syms_index++;
7839 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
7840 outbound_shndx_index++;
7844 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7845 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
7847 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
7848 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount;)
7850 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7851 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
7852 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
7853 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
7856 if (!name_local_sections
7857 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7859 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7860 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) -1;
7864 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7865 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7867 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt, syms[idx]->name,
7869 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
7873 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
7875 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
7876 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7878 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7879 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7880 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7881 sym.st_size = value;
7882 if (type_ptr == NULL
7883 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
7884 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
7886 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
7887 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7888 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
7892 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
7895 if (sec->output_section)
7897 value += sec->output_offset;
7898 sec = sec->output_section;
7901 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7902 if (! relocatable_p)
7904 sym.st_value = value;
7905 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
7907 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
7909 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
7911 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7912 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7913 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7914 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7918 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
7921 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
7924 shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
7927 shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
7930 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
7931 shndx = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx;
7940 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
7942 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
7946 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7947 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7948 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7949 demand of applications. For example, it
7950 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7951 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7952 actually in the output file. */
7953 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
7955 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
7956 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
7958 /* xgettext:c-format */
7960 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
7961 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7962 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
7964 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7970 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7973 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
7975 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
7976 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
7977 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
7979 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
7981 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
7983 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
7988 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
7991 /* Processor-specific types. */
7992 if (type_ptr != NULL
7993 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7994 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7995 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
7997 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7999 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
8000 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
8002 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
8004 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
8006 if (type != STT_TLS)
8008 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON))
8009 type = ((abfd->flags & BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON)
8010 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
8012 type = ((flags & BSF_ELF_COMMON) != 0
8013 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
8015 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
8017 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
8018 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
8022 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
8023 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
8026 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
8028 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
8030 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
8031 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
8032 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
8034 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
8037 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
8040 if (type_ptr != NULL)
8042 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
8043 sym.st_target_internal
8044 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
8049 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
8053 symstrtab[idx].sym = sym;
8054 symstrtab[idx].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
8055 symstrtab[idx].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
8057 outbound_syms_index++;
8058 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
8059 outbound_shndx_index++;
8062 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8063 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt);
8065 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8066 for (idx = 0; idx <= symcount; idx++)
8068 struct elf_sym_strtab *elfsym = &symstrtab[idx];
8069 if (elfsym->sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
8070 elfsym->sym.st_name = 0;
8072 elfsym->sym.st_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt,
8073 elfsym->sym.st_name);
8074 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &elfsym->sym,
8076 + (elfsym->dest_index
8077 * bed->s->sizeof_sym)),
8079 + (elfsym->destshndx_index
8080 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx))));
8085 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt);
8086 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
8087 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
8088 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
8089 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
8090 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
8091 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
8092 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
8097 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8099 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8100 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8101 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8104 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8108 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8110 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
8111 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
8113 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
8119 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8123 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
8125 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8127 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8131 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
8132 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
8134 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
8140 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8143 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
8146 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8149 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
8156 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8158 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
8161 tblptr = section->relocation;
8162 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
8163 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
8167 return section->reloc_count;
8171 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
8173 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8174 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
8177 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
8182 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8183 asymbol **allocation)
8185 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8186 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
8189 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
8193 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8194 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8195 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8196 dynamic reloc section. */
8199 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8204 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8206 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8210 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
8211 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8212 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8213 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
8214 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
8215 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
8216 * sizeof (arelent *));
8221 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8222 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8223 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8224 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8225 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8226 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8227 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8230 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
8234 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8238 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
8240 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8244 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8246 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
8248 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8249 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
8250 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
8255 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
8257 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
8259 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
8270 /* Read in the version information. */
8273 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
8275 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8276 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
8278 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
8280 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8281 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
8282 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
8284 bfd_byte *contents_end;
8286 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
8288 if (hdr->sh_info == 0
8289 || hdr->sh_info > hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
8291 error_return_bad_verref:
8293 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd);
8294 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8295 error_return_verref:
8296 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
8297 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
8301 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
8302 if (contents == NULL)
8303 goto error_return_verref;
8305 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
8306 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
8307 goto error_return_verref;
8309 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
8310 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
8312 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
8313 goto error_return_verref;
8315 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
8316 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
8317 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
8318 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
8319 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
8320 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
8322 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
8323 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
8326 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
8328 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
8330 iverneed->vn_filename =
8331 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8333 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
8334 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8336 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
8337 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
8340 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
8341 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
8342 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
8343 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
8344 goto error_return_verref;
8347 if (iverneed->vn_aux
8348 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
8349 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8351 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
8352 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
8353 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
8354 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
8356 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
8358 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
8359 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8360 ivernaux->vna_name);
8361 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
8362 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8364 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
8365 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
8367 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
8368 if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0)
8370 iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1;
8373 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
8374 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
8376 if (ivernaux->vna_next
8377 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
8378 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8380 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
8381 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
8384 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
8385 if (iverneed->vn_next == 0)
8387 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
8388 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
8390 if (iverneed->vn_next
8391 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
8392 goto error_return_bad_verref;
8394 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
8395 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
8397 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i;
8403 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
8405 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8406 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
8407 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
8408 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
8409 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
8411 unsigned int maxidx;
8412 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
8414 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
8416 if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
8418 error_return_bad_verdef:
8420 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd);
8421 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8422 error_return_verdef:
8423 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
8424 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
8428 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
8429 if (contents == NULL)
8430 goto error_return_verdef;
8431 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
8432 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
8433 goto error_return_verdef;
8435 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
8436 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
8437 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
8438 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
8439 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
8440 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
8442 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8443 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8445 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
8447 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
8449 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
8451 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0)
8452 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8453 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
8454 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
8456 if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0)
8459 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
8460 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
8461 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8463 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
8464 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
8467 if (default_imported_symver)
8469 if (freeidx > maxidx)
8475 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
8476 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
8477 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
8478 goto error_return_verdef;
8480 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
8482 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
8483 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
8484 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
8486 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
8487 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
8490 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
8492 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
8493 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8495 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
8496 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef, vd_bfd));
8498 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
8500 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
8501 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
8504 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
8505 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
8506 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
8507 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
8508 goto error_return_verdef;
8512 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
8513 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8515 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
8516 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
8517 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
8518 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
8520 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
8522 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
8523 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8524 iverdaux->vda_name);
8525 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
8526 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8528 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
8529 if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0)
8531 iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1;
8534 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
8535 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
8537 if (iverdaux->vda_next
8538 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
8539 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8541 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
8542 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
8545 iverdef->vd_nodename = NULL;
8546 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
8547 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
8549 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
8550 if (iverdef->vd_next == 0)
8552 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
8553 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
8555 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
8556 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
8562 else if (default_imported_symver)
8569 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
8570 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
8571 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
8574 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
8577 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8578 if (default_imported_symver)
8580 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
8581 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
8583 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
8585 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
8586 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
8587 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
8588 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
8590 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
8592 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
8593 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
8594 goto error_return_verdef;
8595 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
8596 iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
8597 bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)));
8598 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
8599 goto error_return_verdef;
8601 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
8602 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
8608 if (contents != NULL)
8614 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
8616 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
8618 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * newsym);
8621 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
8622 return &newsym->symbol;
8626 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8630 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
8633 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8634 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8638 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8641 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8642 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
8645 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8646 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8647 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
8650 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8651 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8652 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8653 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8654 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8655 we treat such symbols as local. */
8656 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
8659 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8660 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8661 These labels have the form:
8663 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8665 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8667 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8668 so we only need to match the rest. */
8669 if (name[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name[1]))
8671 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
8675 for (p = name + 2; (c = *p); p++)
8677 if (c == 1 || c == 2)
8679 if (c == 1 && p == name + 2)
8680 /* A fake symbol. */
8683 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8684 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8685 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8686 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8687 other than some kind of local ? */
8704 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8705 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8712 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
8713 enum bfd_architecture arch,
8714 unsigned long machine)
8716 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8717 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8718 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
8719 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
8720 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
8723 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
8726 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8727 for error reporting. */
8730 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
8734 const char **filename_ptr,
8735 const char **functionname_ptr,
8736 unsigned int *line_ptr,
8737 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
8741 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
8742 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
8743 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
8744 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
8745 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)
8746 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8747 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
8750 if (!*functionname_ptr)
8751 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8752 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
8757 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8758 &found, filename_ptr,
8759 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
8760 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
8762 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
8765 if (symbols == NULL)
8768 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8769 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
8776 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8779 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
8780 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
8782 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0,
8783 filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL,
8784 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
8785 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8788 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8789 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8790 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8791 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8792 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8795 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
8796 const char **filename_ptr,
8797 const char **functionname_ptr,
8798 unsigned int *line_ptr)
8801 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
8802 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
8803 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8808 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8810 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8811 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
8813 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8815 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
8817 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
8819 struct elf_segment_map *m;
8822 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
8823 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
8826 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
8829 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
8837 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
8839 const void *location,
8841 bfd_size_type count)
8843 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8846 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
8847 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
8853 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
8854 if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1)
8856 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8857 unsigned char *contents = hdr->contents;
8858 if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size
8859 || (section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0
8860 || contents == NULL)
8862 memcpy (contents + offset, location, count);
8865 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
8866 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
8867 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
8874 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8875 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8876 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8882 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8885 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
8887 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8889 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
8891 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
8892 reloc_howto_type *howto;
8894 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8895 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8897 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
8899 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8902 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
8905 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
8908 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
8911 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
8914 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
8917 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
8923 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8925 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
8927 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
8928 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
8930 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8935 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8941 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
8944 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
8947 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
8950 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
8953 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
8959 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8963 areloc->howto = howto;
8971 /* xgettext:c-format */
8972 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8973 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
8974 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8979 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
8981 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
8982 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
8984 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
8985 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
8986 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8989 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
8992 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8993 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8994 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8997 bfd_reloc_status_type
8998 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8999 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9000 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9001 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9002 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9004 return bfd_reloc_ok;
9007 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9008 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9009 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9010 out details about the corefile. */
9012 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9013 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
9014 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
9015 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9018 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9019 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9022 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
9026 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid;
9028 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid;
9033 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9034 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9035 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9039 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
9043 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
9046 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
9050 sect2->size = sect->size;
9051 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
9052 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
9056 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9057 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9058 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9059 such a section already exists.
9060 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9061 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9062 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9064 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
9070 char *threaded_name;
9074 /* Build the section name. */
9076 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9077 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9078 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9079 if (threaded_name == NULL)
9081 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
9083 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
9088 sect->filepos = filepos;
9089 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9091 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
9094 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9096 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9100 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9103 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9108 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
9112 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
9113 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
9114 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
9116 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9117 has already been set by another thread. */
9118 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9119 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
9120 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
9121 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
9123 /* pr_who exists on:
9126 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9129 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9130 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
9132 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
9135 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9136 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
9138 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9139 prstatus32_t prstat;
9141 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
9142 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
9143 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
9145 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9146 has already been set by another thread. */
9147 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9148 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
9149 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
9150 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
9152 /* pr_who exists on:
9155 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9158 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9159 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
9161 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
9164 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9167 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9168 note size (ie. data object type). */
9172 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9173 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
9174 size, note->descpos + offset);
9176 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9178 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9180 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
9182 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9184 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
9185 note->descsz, note->descpos);
9188 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9189 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9190 data structure apart. */
9193 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9195 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
9198 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9199 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9203 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9205 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
9208 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9209 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9210 contents literally. */
9213 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9215 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
9219 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9221 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
9225 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9227 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
9231 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9233 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
9237 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9239 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
9243 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9245 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
9249 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9251 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
9255 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9257 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
9261 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9263 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
9267 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9269 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
9273 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9275 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
9279 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9281 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note);
9285 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9287 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note);
9291 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9293 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note);
9297 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9299 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note);
9303 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9305 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note);
9309 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9311 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
9315 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9317 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
9321 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9323 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
9327 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9329 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
9332 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9333 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
9334 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9335 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
9339 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9340 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
9341 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9342 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
9346 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9347 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9348 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9351 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
9354 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
9362 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
9366 memcpy (dups, start, len);
9372 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9374 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9376 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
9378 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
9380 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
9382 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
9383 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
9385 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9386 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
9387 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
9389 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9390 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
9391 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
9393 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9394 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
9396 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9397 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
9399 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
9401 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
9402 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
9404 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9405 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
9406 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
9408 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9409 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
9410 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
9416 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9417 note size (ie. data object type). */
9421 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
9422 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
9423 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
9426 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
9427 int n = strlen (command);
9429 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
9430 command[n - 1] = '\0';
9435 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9437 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9439 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9441 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
9442 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9443 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
9449 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
9451 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
9453 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9454 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
9456 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9459 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
9461 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
9464 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9465 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9466 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9470 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9472 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9474 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9476 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9482 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
9483 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9484 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
9489 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
9491 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
9492 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9494 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9495 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
9497 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9499 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9500 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9501 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9504 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9506 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9510 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9511 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
9512 sect->filepos = note->descpos
9513 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
9516 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9517 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
9518 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
9521 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9523 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
9526 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9528 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9529 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9530 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9533 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9535 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9539 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9540 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
9541 sect->filepos = note->descpos
9542 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
9545 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9546 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
9547 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
9550 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9552 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
9554 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9557 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9564 int is_active_thread;
9567 if (note->descsz < 728)
9570 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
9573 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
9577 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9578 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9579 /* process_info.pid */
9580 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
9581 /* process_info.signal */
9582 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
9585 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9586 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9587 /* thread_info.tid */
9588 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
9590 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9591 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9595 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9597 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9601 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9603 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9604 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
9605 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9607 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9608 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
9610 if (is_active_thread)
9611 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
9615 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9616 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9617 /* module_info.base_address */
9618 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
9619 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
9621 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9622 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9626 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9628 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9633 sect->size = note->descsz;
9634 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9635 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9646 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9648 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9656 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
9657 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
9659 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9660 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
9665 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9667 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
9670 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9672 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
9675 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9676 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
9678 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
9679 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
9681 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
9682 if (note->namesz == 6
9683 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9684 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
9688 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9689 if (note->namesz == 6
9690 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9691 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
9696 if (note->namesz == 6
9697 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9698 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
9703 if (note->namesz == 6
9704 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9705 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
9709 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
9710 if (note->namesz == 6
9711 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9712 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
9717 if (note->namesz == 6
9718 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9719 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
9723 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
9724 if (note->namesz == 6
9725 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9726 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
9730 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
9731 if (note->namesz == 6
9732 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9733 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
9738 if (note->namesz == 6
9739 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9740 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
9744 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
9745 if (note->namesz == 6
9746 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9747 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
9751 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
9752 if (note->namesz == 6
9753 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9754 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
9758 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
9759 if (note->namesz == 6
9760 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9761 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
9766 if (note->namesz == 6
9767 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9768 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note);
9772 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW:
9773 if (note->namesz == 6
9774 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9775 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note);
9779 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH:
9780 if (note->namesz == 6
9781 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9782 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note);
9787 if (note->namesz == 6
9788 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9789 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd, note);
9794 if (note->namesz == 6
9795 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9796 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd, note);
9801 if (note->namesz == 6
9802 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9803 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
9808 if (note->namesz == 6
9809 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9810 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
9814 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
9815 if (note->namesz == 6
9816 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9817 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
9821 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
9822 if (note->namesz == 6
9823 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9824 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
9830 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
9831 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
9833 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9834 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
9841 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
9846 sect->size = note->descsz;
9847 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9848 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9854 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9858 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9865 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9867 struct bfd_build_id* build_id;
9869 if (note->descsz == 0)
9872 build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id) - 1 + note->descsz);
9873 if (build_id == NULL)
9876 build_id->size = note->descsz;
9877 memcpy (build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9878 abfd->build_id = build_id;
9884 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9891 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0:
9892 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd, note);
9894 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
9895 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
9900 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9902 struct sdt_note *cur =
9903 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
9906 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
9907 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
9908 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9910 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
9916 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9921 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
9929 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9933 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])
9936 if (note->descsz < 108)
9941 if (note->descsz < 120)
9949 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
9950 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1)
9955 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
9956 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
9960 offset += 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
9964 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
9965 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
9966 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 17);
9969 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
9970 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9971 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 81);
9974 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
9977 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
9978 if (note->descsz < offset + 4)
9981 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
9982 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
9988 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9994 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
9995 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
9996 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])
10000 min_size = offset + (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10004 offset = 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10005 min_size = offset + (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10012 if (note->descsz < min_size)
10015 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10016 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1)
10019 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10020 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10021 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
10023 size = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
10028 size = bfd_h_get_64 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
10032 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10035 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10036 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
10037 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
10038 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
10041 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10042 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid
10043 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset);
10046 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10047 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
10050 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10051 if ((note->descsz - offset) < size)
10054 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10055 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
10056 size, note->descpos + offset);
10060 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10062 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10064 switch (note->type)
10067 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus)
10068 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus) (abfd, note))
10070 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd, note);
10073 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
10076 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd, note);
10078 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC:
10079 if (note->namesz == 8)
10080 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".thrmisc", note);
10084 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC:
10085 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10088 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES:
10089 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10092 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP:
10093 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10096 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV:
10098 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
10103 sect->size = note->descsz - 4;
10104 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 4;
10105 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
10110 case NT_X86_XSTATE:
10111 if (note->namesz == 8)
10112 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
10116 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO:
10117 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10121 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
10129 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
10133 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
10136 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
10143 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10145 if (note->descsz <= 0x7c + 31)
10148 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10149 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
10150 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
10152 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10153 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
10154 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
10156 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10157 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
10158 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
10160 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10165 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10169 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
10170 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp;
10172 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
10174 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
10175 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
10176 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
10177 creates a core file. */
10179 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
10182 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
10183 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
10184 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
10187 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
10191 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
10193 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
10194 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
10196 case bfd_arch_alpha:
10197 case bfd_arch_sparc:
10198 switch (note->type)
10200 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
10201 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10203 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
10204 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10210 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
10211 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
10214 switch (note->type)
10216 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
10217 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10219 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
10220 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10230 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10232 if (note->descsz <= 0x48 + 31)
10235 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10236 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
10237 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
10239 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
10240 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
10241 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
10243 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10244 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
10245 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
10251 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10253 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
10254 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
10256 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
10257 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
10259 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
10260 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
10262 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
10263 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
10265 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
10267 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
10272 sect->size = note->descsz;
10273 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10274 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
10279 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
10281 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
10286 sect->size = note->descsz;
10287 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10288 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
10297 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
10299 void *ddata = note->descdata;
10306 if (note->descsz < 16)
10309 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
10310 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
10312 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
10313 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
10315 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
10316 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
10318 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
10319 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
10321 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig;
10322 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
10325 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
10326 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
10327 thread just in case. */
10328 if (flags & 0x00000080)
10329 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
10331 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
10332 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
10334 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
10337 strcpy (name, buf);
10339 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10343 sect->size = note->descsz;
10344 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10345 sect->alignment_power = 2;
10347 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
10351 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
10352 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
10360 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
10361 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
10363 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
10366 strcpy (name, buf);
10368 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10372 sect->size = note->descsz;
10373 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10374 sect->alignment_power = 2;
10376 /* This is the current thread. */
10377 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid)
10378 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
10383 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
10384 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
10385 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
10386 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
10389 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10391 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
10392 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
10394 static long tid = 1;
10396 switch (note->type)
10398 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
10399 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
10400 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
10401 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
10402 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
10403 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
10404 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
10405 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
10412 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
10418 /* Use note name as section name. */
10419 len = note->namesz;
10420 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
10423 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
10424 name[len - 1] = '\0';
10426 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
10430 sect->size = note->descsz;
10431 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
10432 sect->alignment_power = 1;
10437 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
10440 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
10444 size of data for note
10446 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
10447 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
10448 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
10449 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
10452 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
10455 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
10463 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
10470 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
10472 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
10474 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
10477 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
10478 *bufsiz += newspace;
10479 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
10480 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
10481 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
10482 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
10486 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
10494 memcpy (dest, input, size);
10504 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
10505 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
10506 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
10507 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
10508 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
10509 be NULL terminated.
10510 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
10511 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
10512 the finer control available with later versions.
10513 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
10514 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
10515 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
10516 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
10517 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
10518 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
10519 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
10522 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
10526 const char *psargs)
10528 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10530 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
10533 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10534 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
10539 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10540 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10541 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10543 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10545 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
10548 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
10551 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
10552 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
10553 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
10554 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10555 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
10560 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10562 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
10565 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
10568 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
10569 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
10570 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
10571 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10572 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
10574 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
10579 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
10580 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
10584 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
10585 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10586 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
10588 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16)
10590 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data;
10592 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10593 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
10594 &data, sizeof (data));
10598 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data;
10600 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10601 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
10602 &data, sizeof (data));
10607 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
10608 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10609 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
10611 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16)
10613 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data;
10615 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10616 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10617 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
10621 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data;
10623 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
10624 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10625 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
10630 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
10637 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10639 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
10642 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10644 pid, cursig, gregs);
10649 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10650 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
10651 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10653 prstatus32_t prstat;
10655 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
10656 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
10657 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10658 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
10659 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
10660 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
10667 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
10668 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
10669 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10670 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
10671 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
10672 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
10674 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
10680 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10682 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
10689 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
10690 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10692 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
10693 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
10694 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10695 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10696 memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
10697 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10698 #if !defined(gregs)
10699 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
10700 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
10702 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
10703 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
10706 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10707 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
10709 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10711 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10713 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
10717 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10718 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10720 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10721 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10722 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10724 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10728 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
10729 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
10730 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10731 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
10739 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
10740 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
10741 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10742 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
10746 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10749 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
10752 const void *fpregs,
10755 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10756 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10757 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
10761 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
10764 const void *xfpregs,
10767 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10768 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10769 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
10773 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10774 const void *xfpregs, int size)
10777 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD)
10778 note_name = "FreeBSD";
10780 note_name = "LINUX";
10781 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10782 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
10786 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
10789 const void *ppc_vmx,
10792 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10793 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10794 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
10798 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
10801 const void *ppc_vsx,
10804 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10805 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10806 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
10810 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
10813 const void *s390_high_gprs,
10816 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10817 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10818 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
10819 s390_high_gprs, size);
10823 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
10826 const void *s390_timer,
10829 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10830 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10831 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
10835 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
10838 const void *s390_todcmp,
10841 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10842 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10843 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
10847 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
10850 const void *s390_todpreg,
10853 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10854 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10855 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
10859 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
10862 const void *s390_ctrs,
10865 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10866 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10867 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
10871 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
10874 const void *s390_prefix,
10877 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10878 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10879 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
10883 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
10886 const void *s390_last_break,
10889 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10890 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10891 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
10892 s390_last_break, size);
10896 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
10899 const void *s390_system_call,
10902 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10903 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10904 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
10905 s390_system_call, size);
10909 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd,
10912 const void *s390_tdb,
10915 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10916 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10917 note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size);
10921 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd,
10924 const void *s390_vxrs_low,
10927 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10928 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10929 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size);
10933 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd,
10936 const void *s390_vxrs_high,
10939 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10940 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10941 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH,
10942 s390_vxrs_high, size);
10946 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd *abfd,
10949 const void *s390_gs_cb,
10952 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10953 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10954 note_name, NT_S390_GS_CB,
10959 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd *abfd,
10962 const void *s390_gs_bc,
10965 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10966 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10967 note_name, NT_S390_GS_BC,
10972 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
10975 const void *arm_vfp,
10978 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10979 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10980 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
10984 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
10987 const void *aarch_tls,
10990 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10991 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10992 note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
10996 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
10999 const void *aarch_hw_break,
11002 char *note_name = "LINUX";
11003 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
11004 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
11008 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
11011 const void *aarch_hw_watch,
11014 char *note_name = "LINUX";
11015 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
11016 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
11020 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
11023 const char *section,
11027 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
11028 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11029 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
11030 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11031 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
11032 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11033 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
11034 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11035 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
11036 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11037 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
11038 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11039 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
11040 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11041 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
11042 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11043 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
11044 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11045 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
11046 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11047 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
11048 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11049 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
11050 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11051 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
11052 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11053 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
11054 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11055 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
11056 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11057 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
11058 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11059 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
11060 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11061 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
11062 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11063 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
11064 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11065 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
11066 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11067 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
11068 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11069 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
11070 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
11075 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset,
11080 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
11081 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
11082 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
11083 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
11086 if (align != 4 && align != 8)
11090 while (p < buf + size)
11092 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
11093 Elf_Internal_Note in;
11095 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
11098 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
11100 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
11101 in.namedata = xnp->name;
11102 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
11105 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
11106 in.descdata = p + ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in.namesz, align);
11107 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
11109 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
11110 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
11113 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
11120 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
11123 const char * string;
11125 bfd_boolean (* func)(bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *);
11129 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note),
11130 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note),
11131 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note),
11132 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note),
11133 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note),
11134 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note)
11136 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
11139 for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;)
11141 if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len
11142 && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string,
11143 grokers[i].len) == 0)
11145 if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in))
11154 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
11156 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
11159 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
11160 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
11162 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
11168 p += ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in.namesz, in.descsz, align);
11175 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size,
11180 if (size == 0 || (size + 1) == 0)
11183 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
11186 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size + 1);
11190 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
11191 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
11194 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
11195 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset, align))
11205 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
11207 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
11208 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
11209 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11212 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
11214 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
11216 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
11220 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
11223 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
11224 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
11225 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
11226 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
11228 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
11229 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
11232 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
11236 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
11238 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
11242 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
11243 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
11244 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
11249 enum elf_reloc_type_class
11250 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11251 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11252 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11254 return reloc_class_normal;
11257 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
11258 relocation against a local symbol. */
11261 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
11262 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
11264 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
11266 asection *sec = *psec;
11267 bfd_vma relocation;
11269 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
11270 + sec->output_offset
11272 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
11273 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
11274 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
11277 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
11278 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11279 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
11282 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
11283 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
11284 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
11285 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
11286 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
11287 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
11288 sec->kept_section = *psec;
11291 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
11292 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
11298 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
11299 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
11303 asection *sec = *psec;
11305 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
11306 return sym->st_value + addend;
11308 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
11309 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11310 sym->st_value + addend);
11313 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
11314 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
11315 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
11316 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
11320 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
11321 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11325 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
11327 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
11328 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
11330 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
11331 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
11334 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
11336 /* Reverse the offset. */
11337 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
11338 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
11340 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
11341 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
11342 offset = (sec->size - address_size) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) - offset;
11348 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
11349 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
11350 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
11351 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
11352 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
11353 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
11355 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
11356 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
11357 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
11358 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
11359 the remote memory. */
11362 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
11365 bfd_size_type size,
11366 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
11367 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
11369 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
11370 (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
11374 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
11375 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11376 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11381 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
11384 const char *relplt_name;
11385 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
11389 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
11395 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
11398 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
11401 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
11404 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
11405 if (relplt_name == NULL)
11406 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
11407 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
11408 if (relplt == NULL)
11411 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
11412 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
11413 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
11416 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
11420 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
11421 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
11424 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
11425 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
11426 p = relplt->relocation;
11427 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
11429 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
11430 if (p->addend != 0)
11433 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
11435 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
11440 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
11444 names = (char *) (s + count);
11445 p = relplt->relocation;
11447 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
11452 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
11453 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
11456 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
11457 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
11458 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
11459 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
11460 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
11461 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
11463 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
11466 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
11467 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
11469 if (p->addend != 0)
11473 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
11474 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
11475 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
11476 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
11479 memcpy (names, a, len);
11482 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
11483 names += sizeof ("@plt");
11490 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
11491 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
11492 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
11493 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
11494 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section);
11495 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
11496 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, &lcomm_sym,
11497 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON);
11500 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd,
11501 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11503 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
11505 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
11507 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
11509 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
11510 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
11511 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
11512 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
11513 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
11514 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
11518 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
11519 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
11520 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
11523 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
11525 return (type == STT_FUNC
11526 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
11529 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
11530 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
11531 otherwise return zero. */
11534 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
11537 bfd_size_type size;
11539 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
11540 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
11541 || sym->section != sec)
11544 *code_off = sym->value;
11546 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
11547 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;